Sema.h revision 811bfcd823d51db6a06b3fd5a5943ff910b79d68
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 20#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 21#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 22#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 23#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 24#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 25#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 26#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 28#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 29#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 30#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 31#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 32#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 33#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 40#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 42#include <deque> 43#include <string> 44 45namespace llvm { 46 class APSInt; 47 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 48 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 49 class SmallBitVector; 50} 51 52namespace clang { 53 class ADLResult; 54 class ASTConsumer; 55 class ASTContext; 56 class ASTMutationListener; 57 class ASTReader; 58 class ASTWriter; 59 class ArrayType; 60 class AttributeList; 61 class BlockDecl; 62 class CXXBasePath; 63 class CXXBasePaths; 64 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 65 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 66 class CXXConstructorDecl; 67 class CXXConversionDecl; 68 class CXXDestructorDecl; 69 class CXXFieldCollector; 70 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 71 class CXXMethodDecl; 72 class CXXScopeSpec; 73 class CXXTemporary; 74 class CXXTryStmt; 75 class CallExpr; 76 class ClassTemplateDecl; 77 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 78 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 79 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 80 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 81 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 82 class CodeCompletionResult; 83 class Decl; 84 class DeclAccessPair; 85 class DeclContext; 86 class DeclRefExpr; 87 class DeclaratorDecl; 88 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 89 class DependentDiagnostic; 90 class DesignatedInitExpr; 91 class Designation; 92 class EnumConstantDecl; 93 class Expr; 94 class ExtVectorType; 95 class ExternalSemaSource; 96 class FormatAttr; 97 class FriendDecl; 98 class FunctionDecl; 99 class FunctionProtoType; 100 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 101 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 102 class InitListExpr; 103 class InitializationKind; 104 class InitializationSequence; 105 class InitializedEntity; 106 class IntegerLiteral; 107 class LabelStmt; 108 class LambdaExpr; 109 class LangOptions; 110 class LocalInstantiationScope; 111 class LookupResult; 112 class MacroInfo; 113 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 114 class NamedDecl; 115 class NonNullAttr; 116 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 117 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 118 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 119 class ObjCContainerDecl; 120 class ObjCImplDecl; 121 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 122 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 123 class ObjCIvarDecl; 124 template <class T> class ObjCList; 125 class ObjCMessageExpr; 126 class ObjCMethodDecl; 127 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 128 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 129 class OverloadCandidateSet; 130 class OverloadExpr; 131 class ParenListExpr; 132 class ParmVarDecl; 133 class Preprocessor; 134 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 135 class PseudoObjectExpr; 136 class QualType; 137 class StandardConversionSequence; 138 class Stmt; 139 class StringLiteral; 140 class SwitchStmt; 141 class TargetAttributesSema; 142 class TemplateArgument; 143 class TemplateArgumentList; 144 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 145 class TemplateDecl; 146 class TemplateParameterList; 147 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 148 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 149 class Token; 150 class TypeAliasDecl; 151 class TypedefDecl; 152 class TypedefNameDecl; 153 class TypeLoc; 154 class UnqualifiedId; 155 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 156 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 157 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 158 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 159 class UsingDecl; 160 class UsingShadowDecl; 161 class ValueDecl; 162 class VarDecl; 163 class VisibilityAttr; 164 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 165 class IndirectFieldDecl; 166 167namespace sema { 168 class AccessedEntity; 169 class BlockScopeInfo; 170 class CompoundScopeInfo; 171 class DelayedDiagnostic; 172 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 173 class FunctionScopeInfo; 174 class LambdaScopeInfo; 175 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 176 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 177} 178 179// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 180// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 181typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 182 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 183 184/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 185class Sema { 186 Sema(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 187 void operator=(const Sema&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 188 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 189public: 190 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 191 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 192 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 193 194 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 195 FPOptions FPFeatures; 196 197 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 198 Preprocessor &PP; 199 ASTContext &Context; 200 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 201 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 202 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 203 204 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 205 bool CollectStats; 206 207 /// \brief Source of additional semantic information. 208 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 209 210 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 211 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 212 213 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 214 DeclContext *CurContext; 215 216 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 217 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 218 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 219 220 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 221 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 222 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 223 224 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for #pragma pack. An alignment 225 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 226 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 227 228 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when #pragma ms_struct on 229 230 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for #pragma GCC visibility. 231 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 232 233 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 234 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 235 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 236 237 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 238 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 239 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 240 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 241 242 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> MaybeODRUseExprs; 243 244 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 245 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 246 /// 247 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 248 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 249 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 250 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 251 252 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 253 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 254 ExtVectorDeclsType; 255 256 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 257 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 258 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 259 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 260 261 /// \brief The set of types for which we have already complained about the 262 /// definitions being hidden. 263 /// 264 /// This set is used to suppress redundant diagnostics. 265 llvm::SmallPtrSet<NamedDecl *, 4> HiddenDefinitions; 266 267 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 268 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 269 270 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 271 272 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 273 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 274 /// same list more than once. 275 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 276 277 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 278 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 279 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 280 281 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 282 /// locally-scoped external declaration with that name. 283 /// 284 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 285 /// scoped, e.g., 286 /// 287 /// \code 288 /// void f() { 289 /// void foo(int, int); 290 /// } 291 /// \endcode 292 /// 293 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration on 294 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 295 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 296 /// 297 /// - If we are declaring another external with the name "foo", we 298 /// can find "foo" as a previous declaration, so that the types 299 /// of this external declaration can be checked for 300 /// compatibility. 301 /// 302 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 303 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 304 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 305 /// not visible. 306 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternalDecls; 307 308 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped external declaration by the given name. 309 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 310 findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name); 311 312 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 313 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 314 TentativeDefinitionsType; 315 316 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 317 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 318 319 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 320 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 321 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 322 323 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 324 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 325 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 326 327 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 328 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 329 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 330 331 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 332 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 333 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 334 335 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 336 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 337 /// exception spec. 338 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 339 340 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 341 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 342 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 343 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 344 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 345 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 346 347 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 348 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 349 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 350 void *OpaqueParser; 351 352 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 353 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 354 OpaqueParser = P; 355 } 356 357 class DelayedDiagnostics; 358 359 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 360 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 361 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 362 }; 363 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 364 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 365 366 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 367 /// during parsing and other processing. 368 class DelayedDiagnostics { 369 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 370 /// diagnostics should go. 371 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 372 373 public: 374 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 375 376 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 377 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 378 379 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 380 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 381 382 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 383 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 384 return CurPool; 385 } 386 387 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 388 /// collected in this pool. 389 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 390 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 391 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 392 CurPool = &pool; 393 return state; 394 } 395 396 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 397 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 398 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 399 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 400 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 401 } 402 403 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 404 /// not delayed. 405 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 406 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 407 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 408 CurPool = 0; 409 return state; 410 } 411 412 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 413 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 414 assert(CurPool == NULL); 415 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 416 } 417 } DelayedDiagnostics; 418 419 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 420 class ContextRAII { 421 private: 422 Sema &S; 423 DeclContext *SavedContext; 424 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 425 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 426 427 public: 428 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 429 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 430 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 431 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 432 { 433 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 434 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 435 } 436 437 void pop() { 438 if (!SavedContext) return; 439 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 440 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 441 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 442 SavedContext = 0; 443 } 444 445 ~ContextRAII() { 446 pop(); 447 } 448 }; 449 450 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 451 /// #pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 452 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 453 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 454 455 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 456 /// #pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 457 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 458 /// in the currently selected standard. 459 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 460 461 462 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 463 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 464 465 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 466 /// #pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 467 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 468 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 469 /// It would be best to refactor this. 470 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 471 472 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 473 474 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 475 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 476 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 477 Scope *TUScope; 478 479 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 480 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 481 482 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 483 /// standard library. 484 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 485 486 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 487 /// <initializer_list>. 488 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 489 490 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in <typeinfo>. 491 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 492 493 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 494 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 495 496 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 497 llvm::OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 498 499 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 500 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 501 502 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 503 QualType NSNumberPointer; 504 505 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 506 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 507 508 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 509 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 510 511 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 512 QualType NSStringPointer; 513 514 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 515 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 516 517 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 518 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 519 520 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 521 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 522 523 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 524 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 525 526 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 527 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 528 529 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 530 QualType QIDNSCopying; 531 532 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 533 /// have been declared. 534 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 535 536 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -dealloc method and no [super dealloc] 537 /// call was found yet. 538 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperDealloc; 539 /// A flag that is set when parsing a -finalize method and no [super finalize] 540 /// call was found yet. 541 bool ObjCShouldCallSuperFinalize; 542 543 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 544 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 545 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 546 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 547 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 548 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 549 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 550 /// run time. 551 Unevaluated, 552 553 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 554 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 555 /// cases in a switch statment). 556 ConstantEvaluated, 557 558 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 559 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 560 /// expression at run time. 561 PotentiallyEvaluated, 562 563 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 564 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 565 /// in fact the current expression is used. 566 /// 567 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 568 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 569 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 570 /// until the default argument is used. 571 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 572 }; 573 574 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 575 /// expression evaluation contexts. 576 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 577 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 578 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 579 580 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 581 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 582 583 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 584 bool IsDecltype; 585 586 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 587 /// this expression evaluation context. 588 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 589 590 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 8> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 591 592 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 593 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 594 llvm::SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 595 596 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 597 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 598 /// default function argument. 599 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 600 601 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 602 /// within this context. 603 /// 604 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 605 /// do not have lambda expressions. 606 LambdaMangleContext *LambdaMangle; 607 608 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 609 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 610 llvm::SmallVector<CallExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 611 612 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 613 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 614 llvm::SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr*, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 615 616 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 617 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 618 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 619 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 620 bool IsDecltype) 621 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 622 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 623 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 624 625 ~ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord() { 626 delete LambdaMangle; 627 } 628 629 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 630 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 631 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 632 if (!LambdaMangle) 633 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 634 return *LambdaMangle; 635 } 636 }; 637 638 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 639 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 640 641 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 642 /// function. 643 /// 644 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 645 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 646 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 647 public: 648 enum Kind { 649 NoMemberOrDeleted, 650 Ambiguous, 651 Success 652 }; 653 654 private: 655 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 656 657 public: 658 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 659 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 660 {} 661 662 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 663 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 664 665 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 666 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 667 }; 668 669 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 670 /// for C++ records. 671 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 672 673 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 674 /// 675 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 676 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 677 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 678 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 679 /// checks. 680 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 681 682 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 683 684 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 685 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 686 687 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 688 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 689 690 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 691 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 692 /// 693 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 694 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 695 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 696 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 697 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 698 699 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 700 // argument locations. 701 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *,SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 702 703 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects with 704 /// internal linkage in this translation unit. 705 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl*, SourceLocation> UndefinedInternals; 706 707 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 708 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 709 710 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 711 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 712 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 713 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 714 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 715 716 /// Method selectors used in a @selector expression. Used for implementation 717 /// of -Wselector. 718 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 719 720 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 721 722 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 723 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 724 725 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 726 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 727 /// should not be used elsewhere. 728 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 729 730public: 731 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 732 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 733 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 734 ~Sema(); 735 736 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 737 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 738 void Initialize(); 739 740 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 741 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 742 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 743 744 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 745 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 746 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 747 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 748 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 749 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 750 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 751 752 void PrintStats() const; 753 754 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 755 /// template instantiation stacks. 756 /// 757 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 758 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 759 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 760 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 761 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 762 /// well. 763 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 764 Sema &SemaRef; 765 unsigned DiagID; 766 767 public: 768 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 769 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 770 771 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 772 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 773 if (!isActive()) return; 774 775 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 776 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 777 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 778 // 779 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 780 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 781 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 782 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 783 // eliminate that code. 784 FlushCounts(); 785 Clear(); 786 787 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 788 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 789 } 790 }; 791 792 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 793 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 794 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 795 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 796 } 797 798 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 799 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 800 801 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 802 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 803 804 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 805 806 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 807 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 808 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 809 810 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 811 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 812 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 813 814 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 815 816 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 817 818 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 819 820 void PushFunctionScope(); 821 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 822 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 823 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 824 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 825 826 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 827 return FunctionScopes.back(); 828 } 829 830 void PushCompoundScope(); 831 void PopCompoundScope(); 832 833 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 834 835 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 836 837 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 838 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 839 840 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 841 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 842 843 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to #pragma weak-generated Decls 844 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 845 846 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 847 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 848 // 849 850 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 851 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 852 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 853 } 854 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 855 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 856 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 857 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 858 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 859 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 860 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 861 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 862 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 863 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 864 QualType *ParamTypes, unsigned NumParamTypes, 865 bool Variadic, bool HasTrailingReturn, 866 unsigned Quals, RefQualifierKind RefQualifier, 867 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 868 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info); 869 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 870 SourceLocation Loc, 871 DeclarationName Entity); 872 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 873 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 874 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 875 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 876 877 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 878 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 879 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 880 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 881 882 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 883 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 884 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 885 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 886 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 887 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 888 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 889 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 890 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType T, const SourceRange &Range); 891 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 892 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 893 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 894 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 895 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 896 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 897 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 898 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 899 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 900 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 901 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 902 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 903 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 904 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 905 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 906 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 907 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 908 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 909 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 910 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 911 912 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 913 914 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 915 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 916 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 917 918 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 919 struct TypeDiagnoser { 920 bool Suppressed; 921 922 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 923 924 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 925 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 926 }; 927 928 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 929 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 930 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 931 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 932 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 933 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 934 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 935 return II; 936 } 937 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 938 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 939 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 940 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 941 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 942 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 943 944 template<typename T1> 945 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 946 unsigned DiagID; 947 const T1 &Arg1; 948 949 public: 950 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 951 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 952 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 953 if (Suppressed) return; 954 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 955 } 956 957 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 958 }; 959 960 template<typename T1, typename T2> 961 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 962 unsigned DiagID; 963 const T1 &Arg1; 964 const T2 &Arg2; 965 966 public: 967 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 968 const T2 &Arg2) 969 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 970 Arg2(Arg2) { } 971 972 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 973 if (Suppressed) return; 974 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 975 } 976 977 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 978 }; 979 980 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 981 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 982 unsigned DiagID; 983 const T1 &Arg1; 984 const T2 &Arg2; 985 const T3 &Arg3; 986 987 public: 988 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 989 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 990 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 991 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 992 993 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 994 if (Suppressed) return; 995 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 996 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 997 } 998 999 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1000 }; 1001 1002 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1003 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1004 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1005 unsigned DiagID); 1006 1007 template<typename T1> 1008 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1009 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1010 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1011 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1012 } 1013 1014 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1015 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1016 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1017 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1018 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1019 } 1020 1021 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1022 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1023 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1024 const T3 &Arg3) { 1025 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1026 Arg3); 1027 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1028 } 1029 1030 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1031 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1032 1033 template<typename T1> 1034 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1035 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1036 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1037 } 1038 1039 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1040 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1041 const T2 &Arg2) { 1042 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1043 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1044 } 1045 1046 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1047 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1048 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1049 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1050 Arg3); 1051 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1052 } 1053 1054 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1055 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1056 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1057 1058 template<typename T1> 1059 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1060 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1062 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1063 } 1064 1065 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1066 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1067 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1068 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1069 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1070 } 1071 1072 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1073 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1074 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1075 const T3 &Arg3) { 1076 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1077 Arg3); 1078 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1079 } 1080 1081 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1082 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1083 1084 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1085 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1086 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1087 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1088 SourceLocation Loc); 1089 1090 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1091 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1092 // 1093 1094 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1095 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1096 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1097 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1098 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1099 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1100 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1101 /// such as: 1102 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1103 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1104 1105 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1106 1107 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1108 1109 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1110 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1111 bool isClassName = false, 1112 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1113 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1114 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1115 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1116 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1117 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1118 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1119 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 1120 SourceLocation IILoc, 1121 Scope *S, 1122 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1123 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1124 1125 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1126 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1127 enum NameClassificationKind { 1128 NC_Unknown, 1129 NC_Error, 1130 NC_Keyword, 1131 NC_Type, 1132 NC_Expression, 1133 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1134 NC_TypeTemplate, 1135 NC_FunctionTemplate 1136 }; 1137 1138 class NameClassification { 1139 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1140 ExprResult Expr; 1141 TemplateName Template; 1142 ParsedType Type; 1143 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1144 1145 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1146 1147 public: 1148 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1149 1150 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1151 1152 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1153 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1154 1155 static NameClassification Error() { 1156 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1157 } 1158 1159 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1160 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1161 } 1162 1163 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1164 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1165 } 1166 1167 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1168 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1169 Result.Template = Name; 1170 return Result; 1171 } 1172 1173 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1174 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1175 Result.Template = Name; 1176 return Result; 1177 } 1178 1179 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1180 1181 ParsedType getType() const { 1182 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1183 return Type; 1184 } 1185 1186 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1187 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1188 return Expr; 1189 } 1190 1191 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1192 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1193 return Template; 1194 } 1195 1196 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1197 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1198 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1199 } 1200}; 1201 1202 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1203 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1204 /// 1205 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1206 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1207 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1208 /// 1209 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1210 /// 1211 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1212 /// 1213 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1214 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1215 /// 1216 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1217 /// 1218 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1219 /// disambiguate the name. 1220 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1221 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1222 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1223 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1224 const Token &NextToken); 1225 1226 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1227 1228 Decl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1229 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1230 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1231 const LookupResult &Previous, 1232 Scope *S); 1233 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1234 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1235 DeclarationName Name, 1236 SourceLocation Loc); 1237 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1238 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1239 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1240 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1241 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1242 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1243 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1244 LookupResult &Previous); 1245 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1246 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1247 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1248 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1249 LookupResult &Previous, 1250 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1251 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1252 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1253 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1254 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1255 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1256 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1257 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1258 LookupResult &Previous, 1259 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1260 bool &AddToScope); 1261 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1262 1263 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1264 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1265 1266 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1267 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1268 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1269 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1270 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1271 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1272 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1273 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1274 SourceLocation Loc, 1275 QualType T); 1276 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1277 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1278 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1279 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1280 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1281 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1282 Expr *defarg); 1283 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1284 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1285 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1286 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1287 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1288 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1289 1290 void CheckSelfReference(Decl *OrigDecl, Expr *E); 1291 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1292 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1293 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1294 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1295 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1296 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1297 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1298 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1299 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1300 Decl **Group, 1301 unsigned NumDecls); 1302 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1303 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1304 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1305 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1306 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1307 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1308 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1309 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1310 1311 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1312 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1313 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1314 1315 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1316 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1317 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1318 1319 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1320 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1321 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1322 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1323 1324 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1325 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1326 /// specified threshold. 1327 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1328 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1329 QualType ReturnTy, 1330 NamedDecl *D); 1331 1332 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1333 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1334 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1335 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1336 1337 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1338 /// 1339 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1340 /// 1341 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1342 /// 1343 /// \param Path The module access path. 1344 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1345 ModuleIdPath Path); 1346 1347 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1348 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1349 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1350 } 1351 1352 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1353 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1354 const Preprocessor &PP); 1355 1356 /// Scope actions. 1357 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1358 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1359 1360 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1361 DeclSpec &DS); 1362 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1363 DeclSpec &DS, 1364 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1365 1366 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1367 AccessSpecifier AS, 1368 RecordDecl *Record); 1369 1370 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1371 RecordDecl *Record); 1372 1373 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1374 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1375 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1376 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1377 1378 enum TagUseKind { 1379 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1380 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1381 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1382 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1383 }; 1384 1385 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1386 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1387 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1388 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1389 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1390 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1391 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1392 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1393 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1394 1395 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1396 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1397 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1398 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1399 AttributeList *Attr, 1400 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1401 1402 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1403 unsigned TagSpec, 1404 TagUseKind TUK, 1405 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1406 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1407 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1408 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1409 1410 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1411 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1412 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1413 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1414 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1415 1416 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1417 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1418 AccessSpecifier AS); 1419 1420 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1421 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1422 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1423 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, bool HasInit, 1424 SourceLocation TSSL, 1425 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1426 Declarator *D = 0); 1427 1428 enum CXXSpecialMember { 1429 CXXDefaultConstructor, 1430 CXXCopyConstructor, 1431 CXXMoveConstructor, 1432 CXXCopyAssignment, 1433 CXXMoveAssignment, 1434 CXXDestructor, 1435 CXXInvalid 1436 }; 1437 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1438 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* Record, CXXSpecialMember mem); 1439 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1440 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1441 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1442 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1443 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1444 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1445 1446 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1447 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1448 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1449 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1450 AttributeList *AttrList); 1451 1452 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1453 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1454 /// struct, or union). 1455 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1456 1457 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1458 1459 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1460 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1461 /// member declarations. 1462 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1463 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1464 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1465 1466 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1467 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1468 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1469 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1470 1471 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1472 1473 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1474 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1475 /// 1476 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1477 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1478 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1479 1480 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1481 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1482 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1483 1484 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1485 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1486 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1487 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1488 Expr *val); 1489 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1490 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1491 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1492 1493 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1494 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1495 AttributeList *Attrs, 1496 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1497 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1498 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1499 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1500 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1501 1502 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1503 1504 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1505 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1506 void PopDeclContext(); 1507 1508 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1509 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1510 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1511 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1512 1513 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1514 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1515 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1516 1517 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1518 1519 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1520 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1521 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1522 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1523 1524 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1525 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1526 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1527 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1528 1529 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1530 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1531 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1532 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1533 1534 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1535 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1536 1537 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1538 /// top level scope. 1539 /// 1540 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1541 /// 1542 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1543 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1544 1545 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1546 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1547 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1548 /// 1549 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1550 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1551 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1552 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1553 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1554 1555 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1556 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1557 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1558 1559 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1560 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1561 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1562 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1563 1564 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1565 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1566 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1567 VersionTuple Introduced, 1568 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1569 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1570 bool IsUnavailable, 1571 StringRef Message); 1572 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1573 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis); 1574 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1575 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range); 1576 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1577 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg); 1578 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name); 1579 bool mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *New, InheritableAttr *Attr); 1580 1581 void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, bool MergeDeprecation = true); 1582 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1583 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1584 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1585 Scope *S); 1586 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1587 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1588 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1589 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1590 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1591 1592 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1593 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1594 enum AssignmentAction { 1595 AA_Assigning, 1596 AA_Passing, 1597 AA_Returning, 1598 AA_Converting, 1599 AA_Initializing, 1600 AA_Sending, 1601 AA_Casting 1602 }; 1603 1604 /// C++ Overloading. 1605 enum OverloadKind { 1606 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1607 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1608 Ovl_Overload, 1609 1610 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1611 /// an existing declaration. 1612 Ovl_Match, 1613 1614 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1615 /// non-function. 1616 Ovl_NonFunction 1617 }; 1618 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1619 FunctionDecl *New, 1620 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1621 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1622 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1623 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1624 1625 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1626 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1627 /// 1628 /// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1629 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1630 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1631 1632 ImplicitConversionSequence 1633 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1634 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1635 bool AllowExplicit, 1636 bool InOverloadResolution, 1637 bool CStyle, 1638 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1639 1640 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1641 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1642 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1643 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1644 bool InOverloadResolution, 1645 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1646 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1647 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1648 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1649 QualType &ConvertedType); 1650 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1651 QualType& ConvertedType); 1652 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1653 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1654 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1655 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1656 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1657 1658 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1659 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1660 CastKind &Kind, 1661 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1662 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1663 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1664 bool InOverloadResolution, 1665 QualType &ConvertedType); 1666 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1667 CastKind &Kind, 1668 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1669 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1670 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1671 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1672 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1673 QualType &ResultTy); 1674 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1675 1676 1677 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1678 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1679 QualType ResultType, 1680 Expr *Value, 1681 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1682 1683 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1684 ExprResult Init); 1685 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1686 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1687 ExprResult Init, 1688 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1689 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1690 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1691 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1692 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1693 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1694 1695 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1696 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1697 1698 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1699 enum CCEKind { 1700 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1701 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1702 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1703 }; 1704 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1705 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1706 1707 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1708 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1709 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1710 public: 1711 bool Suppress; 1712 bool SuppressConversion; 1713 1714 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1715 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1716 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1717 1718 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1719 /// integral or enumeration type. 1720 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1721 QualType T) = 0; 1722 1723 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1724 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1725 QualType T) = 0; 1726 1727 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1728 /// is explicit. 1729 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1730 QualType T, 1731 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1732 1733 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1734 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1735 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1736 1737 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1738 /// functions. 1739 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1740 QualType T) = 0; 1741 1742 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1743 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1744 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1745 1746 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1747 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1748 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1749 QualType T, 1750 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1751 1752 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1753 }; 1754 1755 ExprResult 1756 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1757 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1758 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1759 1760 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1761 OS_Array, 1762 OS_Dictionary, 1763 OS_Error 1764 }; 1765 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1766 1767 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1768 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1769 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1770 NamedDecl *Member); 1771 1772 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1773 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1774 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1775 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1776 1777 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1778 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1779 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1780 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1781 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1782 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1783 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1784 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1785 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1786 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1787 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1788 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1789 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1790 QualType ObjectType, 1791 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1792 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1793 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1794 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1795 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1796 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1797 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1798 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1799 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1800 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1801 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1802 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1803 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1804 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1805 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1806 QualType ObjectType, 1807 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1808 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1809 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1810 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1811 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1812 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1814 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1815 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1816 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1817 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1818 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1819 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1820 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1821 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1822 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1823 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1824 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1825 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1826 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 1827 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 1828 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1829 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1830 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 1831 Expr *Object, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 1832 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1833 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1834 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1835 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1836 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1837 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 1838 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 1839 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1840 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1841 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 1842 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 1843 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 1844 SourceLocation OpLoc, 1845 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1846 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 1847 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 1848 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 1849 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1850 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1851 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1852 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1853 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 1854 1855 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 1856 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1857 1858 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 1859 // identified by the expression Expr 1860 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 1861 1862 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 1863 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 1864 // R (A) --> R(A) 1865 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 1866 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 1867 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 1868 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 1869 1870 FunctionDecl * 1871 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 1872 QualType TargetType, 1873 bool Complain, 1874 DeclAccessPair &Found, 1875 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 1876 1877 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 1878 bool Complain = false, 1879 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 1880 1881 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 1882 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 1883 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 1884 bool Complain = false, 1885 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 1886 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 1887 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 1888 1889 1890 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 1891 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1892 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1893 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 1894 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1895 FunctionDecl *Fn); 1896 1897 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1898 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1899 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 1900 bool PartialOverloading = false); 1901 1902 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 1903 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 1904 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1905 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1906 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 1907 Expr *ExecConfig, 1908 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 1909 1910 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1911 unsigned Opc, 1912 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1913 Expr *input); 1914 1915 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 1916 unsigned Opc, 1917 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 1918 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 1919 1920 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 1921 SourceLocation RLoc, 1922 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 1923 1924 ExprResult 1925 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 1926 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 1927 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1928 ExprResult 1929 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1930 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1931 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1932 1933 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 1934 SourceLocation OpLoc); 1935 1936 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 1937 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 1938 /// that best represents the call. 1939 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 1940 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 1941 1942 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 1943 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 1944 bool CheckParameterNames); 1945 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 1946 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 1947 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 1948 1949 /// \name Name lookup 1950 /// 1951 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 1952 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 1953 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 1954 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 1955 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 1956 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 1957 /// 1958 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 1959 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 1960 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 1961 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 1962 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 1963 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 1964 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 1965 /// 1966 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 1967 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 1968 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 1969 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 1970 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 1971 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 1972 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 1973 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 1974 //@{ 1975 1976 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 1977 enum LookupNameKind { 1978 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 1979 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 1980 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 1981 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 1982 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 1983 /// structs, and unions. 1984 LookupTagName, 1985 /// Label name lookup. 1986 LookupLabel, 1987 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 1988 /// class/struct/union members. 1989 LookupMemberName, 1990 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 1991 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 1992 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 1993 LookupOperatorName, 1994 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 1995 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 1996 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 1997 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 1998 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 1999 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2000 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2001 LookupNamespaceName, 2002 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2003 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2004 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2005 LookupUsingDeclName, 2006 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2007 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2008 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2009 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2010 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2011 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2012 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2013 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2014 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2015 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2016 LookupAnyName 2017 }; 2018 2019 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2020 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2021 enum RedeclarationKind { 2022 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2023 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2024 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2025 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2026 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2027 ForRedeclaration 2028 }; 2029 2030 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2031 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2032 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2033 LOLR_Error, 2034 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2035 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2036 LOLR_Cooked, 2037 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2038 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2039 LOLR_Raw, 2040 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2041 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2042 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2043 LOLR_Template 2044 }; 2045 2046 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2047 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2048 bool ConstArg, 2049 bool VolatileArg, 2050 bool RValueThis, 2051 bool ConstThis, 2052 bool VolatileThis); 2053 2054private: 2055 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2056 2057 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2058 // 2059 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2060 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2061 llvm::DenseMap<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2062 2063 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2064 /// source. 2065 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2066 2067public: 2068 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2069 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2070 /// 2071 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2072 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2073 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2074 SourceLocation Loc, 2075 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2076 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2077 = NotForRedeclaration); 2078 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2079 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2080 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2081 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2082 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2083 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2084 bool EnteringContext = false); 2085 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2086 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2087 = NotForRedeclaration); 2088 2089 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2090 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2091 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2092 2093 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2094 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2095 2096 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2097 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2098 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2099 unsigned Quals); 2100 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2101 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2102 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2103 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, bool RValueThis, 2104 unsigned ThisQuals); 2105 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2106 2107 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2108 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2109 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2110 2111 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2112 SourceLocation Loc, 2113 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2114 ADLResult &Functions, 2115 bool StdNamespaceIsAssociated = false); 2116 2117 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2118 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2119 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2120 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2121 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2122 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2123 2124 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2125 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2126 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2127 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2128 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2129 bool EnteringContext = false, 2130 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2131 2132 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2134 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2135 2136 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2137 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2138 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2139 2140 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2141 //@} 2142 2143 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2144 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2145 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2146 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2147 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2148 SourceLocation Loc); 2149 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2150 Scope *S); 2151 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2152 2153 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2154 2155 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2156 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2157 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2158 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2159 bool NonInheritable = true, bool Inheritable = true); 2160 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2161 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2162 2163 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2164 2165 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2166 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC); 2167 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2168 2169 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2170 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2171 SourceRange Range); 2172 2173 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2174 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2175 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2176 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2177 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2178 2179 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2180 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2181 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2182 2183 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2184 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2185 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2186 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2187 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2188 2189 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2190 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2191 2192 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2193 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2194 2195 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2196 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2197 /// \param IDecl - Used for checking for methods which may have been 2198 /// inherited. 2199 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2200 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2201 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2202 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2203 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2204 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2205 2206 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2207 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2208 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2209 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2210 SourceLocation Loc); 2211 2212 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2213 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category @implementation. 2214 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2215 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2216 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2217 2218 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2219 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2220 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2221 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2222 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2223 2224 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2225 /// properties which must be synthesized in class's @implementation. 2226 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2227 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2228 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2229 2230 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2231 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2232 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2233 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2234 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2235 2236 2237 /// LookupPropertyDecl - Looks up a property in the current class and all 2238 /// its protocols. 2239 ObjCPropertyDecl *LookupPropertyDecl(const ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2240 IdentifierInfo *II); 2241 2242 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle @property declarations in 2243 //// class extensions. 2244 Decl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2245 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2246 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2247 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2248 Selector GetterSel, 2249 Selector SetterSel, 2250 const bool isAssign, 2251 const bool isReadWrite, 2252 const unsigned Attributes, 2253 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2254 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2255 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2256 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2257 2258 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2259 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or @interface. 2260 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2261 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2262 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2263 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2264 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2265 Selector GetterSel, 2266 Selector SetterSel, 2267 const bool isAssign, 2268 const bool isReadWrite, 2269 const unsigned Attributes, 2270 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2271 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2272 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2273 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2274 2275 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2276 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2277 /// setter or getter. 2278 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2279 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2280 2281 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2282 2283 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2284 2285 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2286 MMS_loose, 2287 MMS_strict 2288 }; 2289 2290 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2291 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2292 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2293 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2294 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2295 2296 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2297 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2298 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2299 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2300 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2301 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2302 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2303 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2304 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2305 bool ImmediateClass, 2306 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2307 2308 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2309 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2310 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2311 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2312 2313 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2314 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2315 2316private: 2317 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2318 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2319 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2320 2321 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2322 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2323 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2324 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2325 bool warn, bool instance); 2326 2327public: 2328 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2329 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2330 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2331 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2332 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2333 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2334 } 2335 2336 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2337 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2338 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2339 } 2340 2341 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2342 /// pool. 2343 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2344 2345 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2346 /// there are multiple signatures. 2347 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2348 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2349 bool warn=true) { 2350 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2351 warn, /*instance*/true); 2352 } 2353 2354 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2355 /// there are multiple signatures. 2356 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2357 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2358 bool warn=true) { 2359 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2360 warn, /*instance*/false); 2361 } 2362 2363 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2364 /// implementation. 2365 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2366 2367 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2368 /// initialization. 2369 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2370 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2371 2372 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2373 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2374public: 2375 class FullExprArg { 2376 public: 2377 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2378 2379 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2380 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2381 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2382 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2383 2384 ExprResult release() { 2385 return move(E); 2386 } 2387 2388 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2389 2390 Expr *operator->() { 2391 return E; 2392 } 2393 2394 private: 2395 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2396 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2397 friend class Sema; 2398 2399 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2400 2401 Expr *E; 2402 }; 2403 2404 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2405 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2406 } 2407 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2408 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2409 } 2410 2411 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(FullExprArg Expr); 2412 2413 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2414 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2415 2416 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2417 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2418 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2419 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2420 bool isStmtExpr); 2421 2422 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2423 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2424 public: 2425 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2426 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2427 } 2428 2429 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2430 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2431 } 2432 2433 private: 2434 Sema &S; 2435 }; 2436 2437 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2438 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2439 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2440 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2441 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2442 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2443 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2444 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2445 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2446 2447 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2448 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2449 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2450 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2451 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2452 2453 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, const AttrVec &Attrs, 2454 Stmt *SubStmt); 2455 2456 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2457 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2458 Stmt *ThenVal, 2459 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2460 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2461 Expr *Cond, 2462 Decl *CondVar); 2463 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2464 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2465 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2466 FullExprArg Cond, 2467 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2468 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2469 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2470 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2471 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2472 2473 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2474 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2475 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2476 Decl *SecondVar, 2477 FullExprArg Third, 2478 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2479 Stmt *Body); 2480 ExprResult ActOnObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2481 Expr *collection); 2482 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2483 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2484 Stmt *First, Expr *Second, 2485 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Stmt *Body); 2486 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2487 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2488 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2489 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2490 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2491 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2492 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2493 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2494 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2495 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2496 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2497 2498 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2499 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2500 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2501 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2502 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2503 Expr *DestExp); 2504 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2505 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2506 2507 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2508 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2509 2510 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2511 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2512 2513 StmtResult ActOnAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, 2514 bool IsSimple, bool IsVolatile, 2515 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2516 IdentifierInfo **Names, 2517 MultiExprArg Constraints, 2518 MultiExprArg Exprs, 2519 Expr *AsmString, 2520 MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2521 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2522 bool MSAsm = false); 2523 2524 2525 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2526 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2527 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2528 bool Invalid = false); 2529 2530 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2531 2532 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2533 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2534 2535 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2536 2537 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2538 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2539 2540 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2541 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2542 Scope *CurScope); 2543 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2544 Expr *operand); 2545 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2546 Expr *SynchExpr, 2547 Stmt *SynchBody); 2548 2549 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2550 2551 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2552 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2553 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2554 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2555 2556 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2557 2558 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2559 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2560 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2561 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2562 2563 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2564 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2565 Stmt *TryBlock, 2566 Stmt *Handler); 2567 2568 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2569 Expr *FilterExpr, 2570 Stmt *Block); 2571 2572 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2573 Stmt *Block); 2574 2575 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2576 2577 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2578 2579 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2580 /// of it. 2581 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2582 2583 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2584 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2585 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2586 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2587 2588 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2589 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2590 /// 2591 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2592 /// if (condition); 2593 /// do_stuff(); 2594 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2595 const Stmt *Body, 2596 unsigned DiagID); 2597 2598 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2599 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2600 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2601 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2602 2603 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2604 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2605 } 2606 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2607 2608 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2609 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2610 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2611 } 2612 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2613 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2614 } 2615 2616 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2617 2618 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2619 SourceLocation Loc, 2620 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2621 2622 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2623 2624 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2625 StringRef message); 2626 2627 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2628 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2629 2630 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2631 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2632 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2633 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2634 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2635 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2636 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2637 SourceLocation Loc); 2638 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2639 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2640 2641 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2642 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2643 bool IsDecltype = false); 2644 2645 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2646 2647 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2648 2649 ExprResult TranformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2650 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2651 2652 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2653 2654 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2655 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2656 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2657 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2658 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2659 // named expressions. 2660 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D); 2661 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2662 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2663 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2664 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2665 2666 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2667 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2668 2669 enum TryCaptureKind { 2670 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2671 }; 2672 2673 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2674 /// 2675 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2676 /// 2677 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2678 /// 2679 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2680 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2681 /// 2682 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2683 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2684 /// 2685 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2686 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2687 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2688 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2689 /// 2690 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2691 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2692 /// variable can be captured. 2693 /// 2694 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a refernce to the capture 2695 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2696 /// captured. 2697 /// 2698 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2699 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2700 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2701 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2702 QualType &CaptureType, 2703 QualType &DeclRefType); 2704 2705 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2706 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2707 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2708 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2709 2710 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2711 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2712 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2713 2714 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2715 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2716 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2717 2718 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2719 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2720 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2721 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2722 bool ForceComplain = false, 2723 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2724 2725 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2726 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2727 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2728 2729 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2730 /// evaluation context. 2731 /// 2732 /// \param stmt - If stmt is non-null, delay reporting the diagnostic until 2733 /// the function body is parsed, and then do a basic reachability analysis to 2734 /// determine if the statement is reachable. If it is unreachable, the 2735 /// diagnostic will not be emitted. 2736 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2737 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2738 2739 // Primary Expressions. 2740 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2741 2742 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2743 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2744 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2745 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2746 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2747 2748 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2749 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2750 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2751 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2752 2753 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 2754 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2755 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 2756 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 2757 2758 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 2759 IdentifierInfo *II, 2760 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 2761 2762 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2763 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2764 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2765 bool isAddressOfOperand, 2766 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2767 2768 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2769 ExprValueKind VK, 2770 SourceLocation Loc, 2771 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2772 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 2773 ExprValueKind VK, 2774 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2775 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 2776 ExprResult 2777 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2778 SourceLocation nameLoc, 2779 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 2780 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 2781 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 2782 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2783 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2784 LookupResult &R, 2785 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2786 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2787 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2788 LookupResult &R, 2789 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2790 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 2791 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2792 const LookupResult &R, 2793 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2794 2795 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2796 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo); 2797 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2798 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2799 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2800 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2801 2802 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2803 LookupResult &R, 2804 bool NeedsADL); 2805 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2806 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2807 NamedDecl *D); 2808 2809 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 2810 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 2811 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 2812 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 2813 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2814 2815 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 2816 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 2817 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2818 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2819 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 2820 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 2821 SourceLocation R, 2822 MultiExprArg Val); 2823 2824 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 2825 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 2826 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 2827 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 2828 2829 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2830 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2831 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2832 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2833 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 2834 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 2835 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 2836 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2837 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2838 Expr *ControllingExpr, 2839 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 2840 Expr **Exprs, 2841 unsigned NumAssocs); 2842 2843 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 2844 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 2845 Expr *InputExpr); 2846 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2847 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 2848 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2849 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 2850 2851 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2852 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2853 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2854 SourceRange R); 2855 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2856 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2857 ExprResult 2858 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2859 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 2860 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 2861 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 2862 2863 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 2864 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 2865 2866 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2867 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2868 SourceRange ExprRange, 2869 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 2870 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 2871 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2872 IdentifierInfo &Name, 2873 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2874 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2875 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2876 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 2877 2878 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2879 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2880 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 2881 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 2882 2883 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2884 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2885 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2886 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2887 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2888 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2889 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2890 2891 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 2892 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 2893 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 2894 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 2895 // defines a custom operator->). 2896 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 2897 Scope *S; 2898 UnqualifiedId &Id; 2899 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 2900 bool HasTrailingLParen; 2901 }; 2902 2903 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2904 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 2905 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2906 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2907 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2908 LookupResult &R, 2909 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 2910 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 2911 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 2912 2913 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 2914 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 2915 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2916 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2917 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2918 bool HasTemplateArgs); 2919 2920 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 2921 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2922 const LookupResult &R); 2923 2924 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 2925 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 2926 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2927 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2928 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 2929 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2930 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 2931 2932 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2933 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2934 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 2935 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2936 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2937 UnqualifiedId &Member, 2938 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 2939 bool HasTrailingLParen); 2940 2941 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 2942 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 2943 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 2944 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2945 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2946 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2947 bool ExecConfig = false); 2948 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 2949 ParmVarDecl *Param, 2950 const Expr *ArgExpr); 2951 2952 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 2953 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 2954 /// locations. 2955 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2956 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2957 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 2958 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 2959 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2960 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2961 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2962 Expr *Config = 0, 2963 bool IsExecConfig = false); 2964 2965 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 2966 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 2967 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 2968 2969 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2970 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 2971 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 2972 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2973 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 2974 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2975 Expr *Op); 2976 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 2977 2978 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 2979 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2980 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 2981 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 2982 2983 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 2984 2985 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2986 ParsedType Ty, 2987 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2988 Expr *InitExpr); 2989 2990 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2991 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2992 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2993 Expr *LiteralExpr); 2994 2995 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2996 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 2997 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 2998 2999 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3000 SourceLocation Loc, 3001 bool GNUSyntax, 3002 ExprResult Init); 3003 3004 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3005 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3006 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3007 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3008 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3009 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3010 3011 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3012 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3013 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3014 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3015 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3016 3017 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3018 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3019 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3020 3021 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3022 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3023 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3024 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3025 3026 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3027 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3028 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3029 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3030 union { 3031 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3032 Expr *E; 3033 } U; 3034 }; 3035 3036 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3037 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3038 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3039 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3040 unsigned NumComponents, 3041 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3042 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3043 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3044 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3045 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3046 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3047 unsigned NumComponents, 3048 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3049 3050 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3051 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3052 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3053 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3054 3055 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3056 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3057 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3058 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3059 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3060 3061 // __null 3062 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3063 3064 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3065 3066 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3067 enum IfExistsResult { 3068 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3069 IER_Exists, 3070 3071 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3072 IER_DoesNotExist, 3073 3074 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3075 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3076 IER_Dependent, 3077 3078 /// \brief An error occurred. 3079 IER_Error 3080 }; 3081 3082 IfExistsResult 3083 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3084 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3085 3086 IfExistsResult 3087 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3088 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3089 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3090 3091 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3092 bool IsIfExists, 3093 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3094 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3095 Stmt *Nested); 3096 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3097 bool IsIfExists, 3098 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3099 Stmt *Nested); 3100 3101 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3102 3103 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3104 /// started. 3105 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3106 3107 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3108 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3109 void ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 3110 3111 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3112 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3113 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3114 3115 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3116 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3117 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3118 Scope *CurScope); 3119 3120 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3121 3122 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3123 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3124 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3125 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3126 3127 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3128 3129 // Act on C++ namespaces 3130 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3131 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3132 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3133 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3134 SourceLocation LBrace, 3135 AttributeList *AttrList); 3136 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3137 3138 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3139 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3140 3141 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3142 3143 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3144 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3145 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3146 3147 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3148 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3149 /// 3150 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3151 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3152 3153 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3154 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3155 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3156 3157 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3158 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3159 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3160 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3161 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3162 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3163 AttributeList *AttrList); 3164 3165 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3166 3167 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3168 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3169 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3170 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3171 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3172 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3173 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3174 3175 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3176 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3177 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3178 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3179 NamedDecl *Target); 3180 3181 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3182 bool isTypeName, 3183 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3184 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3185 const LookupResult &Previous); 3186 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3187 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3188 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3189 3190 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3191 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3192 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3193 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3194 AttributeList *AttrList, 3195 bool IsInstantiation, 3196 bool IsTypeName, 3197 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3198 3199 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3200 3201 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3202 AccessSpecifier AS, 3203 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3204 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3205 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3206 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3207 AttributeList *AttrList, 3208 bool IsTypeName, 3209 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3210 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3211 AccessSpecifier AS, 3212 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3213 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3214 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3215 TypeResult Type); 3216 3217 /// InitializeVarWithConstructor - Creates an CXXConstructExpr 3218 /// and sets it as the initializer for the the passed in VarDecl. 3219 bool InitializeVarWithConstructor(VarDecl *VD, 3220 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3221 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3222 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 3223 3224 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3225 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3226 /// 3227 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3228 ExprResult 3229 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3230 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3231 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3232 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3233 3234 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3235 // the constructor can be elidable? 3236 ExprResult 3237 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3238 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3239 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3240 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3241 SourceRange ParenRange); 3242 3243 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3244 /// the default expr if needed. 3245 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3246 FunctionDecl *FD, 3247 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3248 3249 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3250 /// constructed variable. 3251 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3252 3253 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3254 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3255 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3256 // Pointer to allow copying 3257 Sema *Self; 3258 // We order exception specifications thus: 3259 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++0x. 3260 // throw() comes next. 3261 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3262 // Finally no specification. 3263 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3264 // 3265 // If this exception specification cannot be known yet (for instance, 3266 // because this is the exception specification for a defaulted default 3267 // constructor and we haven't finished parsing the deferred parts of the 3268 // class yet), the C++0x standard does not specify how to behave. We 3269 // record this as an 'unknown' exception specification, which overrules 3270 // any other specification (even 'none', to keep this rule simple). 3271 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3272 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3273 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3274 3275 void ClearExceptions() { 3276 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3277 Exceptions.clear(); 3278 } 3279 3280 public: 3281 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3282 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3283 if (!Self.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 3284 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3285 } 3286 3287 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3288 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3289 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3290 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3291 return ComputedEST; 3292 } 3293 3294 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3295 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3296 3297 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3298 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3299 3300 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3301 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3302 3303 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3304 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3305 3306 /// \brief Specify that the exception specification can't be detemined yet. 3307 void SetDelayed() { 3308 ClearExceptions(); 3309 ComputedEST = EST_Delayed; 3310 } 3311 3312 /// \brief Have we been unable to compute this exception specification? 3313 bool isDelayed() { 3314 return ComputedEST == EST_Delayed; 3315 } 3316 3317 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3318 /// computed exception specification. 3319 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3320 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3321 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3322 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3323 } 3324 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3325 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3326 getEPI(EPI); 3327 return EPI; 3328 } 3329 }; 3330 3331 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3332 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3333 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3334 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3335 3336 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3337 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3338 /// will be const. 3339 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3340 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3341 3342 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3343 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3344 /// parameter will be const. 3345 std::pair<ImplicitExceptionSpecification, bool> 3346 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpecAndConst(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3347 3348 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3349 /// constructor of a class will have. 3350 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3351 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3352 3353 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3354 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3355 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3356 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3357 3358 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3359 /// destructor of a class will have. 3360 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3361 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3362 3363 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3364 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3365 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3366 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3367 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3368 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3369 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3370 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3371 3372 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3373 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3374 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3375 bool Diagnose = false); 3376 3377 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3378 /// 3379 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3380 /// default constructor will be added. 3381 /// 3382 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3383 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3384 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3385 3386 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3387 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3388 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3389 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3390 3391 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3392 /// 3393 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3394 /// destructor will be added. 3395 /// 3396 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3397 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3398 3399 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3400 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3401 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3402 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3403 3404 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3405 /// 3406 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3407 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3408 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3409 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor, 3410 bool WasDelayed = false); 3411 3412 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3413 /// 3414 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3415 /// constructors will be added. 3416 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3417 3418 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3419 /// 3420 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3421 /// copy constructor will be added. 3422 /// 3423 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3424 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3425 3426 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3427 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3428 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3429 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3430 3431 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3432 /// 3433 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3434 /// move constructor will be added. 3435 /// 3436 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3437 /// declared. 3438 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3439 3440 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3441 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3442 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3443 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3444 3445 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3446 /// 3447 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3448 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3449 /// 3450 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3451 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3452 3453 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3454 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3455 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3456 3457 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3458 /// 3459 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3460 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3461 /// 3462 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3463 /// wasn't declared. 3464 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3465 3466 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3467 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3468 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3469 3470 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3471 /// class. 3472 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3473 3474 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3475 /// special member function. 3476 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3477 3478 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3479 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3480 /// 3481 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3482 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3483 3484 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3485 /// member function. 3486 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3487 3488 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3489 /// static member function. 3490 /// 3491 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3492 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3493 3494 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3495 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3496 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3497 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3498 3499 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3500 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3501 SourceLocation Loc, 3502 ASTOwningVector<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3503 bool AllowExplicit = false); 3504 3505 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3506 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3507 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3508 ParsedType ObjectType, 3509 bool EnteringContext); 3510 3511 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3512 3513 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3514 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3515 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3516 3517 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3518 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3519 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3520 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3521 Declarator &D, 3522 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3523 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3524 Expr *E, 3525 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3526 3527 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3528 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3529 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3530 Expr *E, 3531 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3532 SourceRange Parens); 3533 3534 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3535 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3536 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3537 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3538 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3539 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3540 Expr *Operand, 3541 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3542 3543 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3544 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3545 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3546 void *TyOrExpr, 3547 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3548 3549 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3552 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3553 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3554 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3555 Expr *Operand, 3556 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3557 3558 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3559 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3560 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3561 void *TyOrExpr, 3562 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3563 3564 3565 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3566 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3567 3568 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3569 /// 3570 /// \param Capture If true, capture 'this' in this context. 3571 /// 3572 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3573 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3574 3575 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3576 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3577 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3578 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3579 3580 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3581 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3582 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3583 Sema &S; 3584 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3585 bool Enabled; 3586 3587 public: 3588 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3589 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3590 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3591 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3592 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3593 bool Enabled = true); 3594 3595 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3596 }; 3597 3598 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3599 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3600 /// 3601 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3602 /// 3603 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3604 /// capture list. 3605 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3606 3607 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3608 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3609 /// being defined. 3610 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3611 3612 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3613 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3614 3615 3616 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3617 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3618 3619 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3620 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3621 3622 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3623 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3624 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3625 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3626 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3627 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3628 3629 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3630 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3631 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3632 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3633 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3634 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3635 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3636 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3637 3638 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3639 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3640 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3641 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3642 3643 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3644 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3645 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3646 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3647 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3648 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3649 Expr *Initializer); 3650 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3651 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3652 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3653 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3654 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3655 QualType AllocType, 3656 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3657 Expr *ArraySize, 3658 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3659 Expr *Initializer, 3660 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3661 3662 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3663 SourceRange R); 3664 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3665 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3666 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3667 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3668 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3669 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3670 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3671 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3672 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3673 bool Diagnose = true); 3674 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3675 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3676 QualType Argument, 3677 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3678 3679 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3680 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3681 bool Diagnose = true); 3682 3683 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3684 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3685 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3686 Expr *Operand); 3687 3688 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3689 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3690 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3691 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3692 3693 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3694 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3695 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3696 SourceLocation RParen); 3697 3698 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3699 /// pseudo-functions. 3700 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3701 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3702 ParsedType Ty, 3703 SourceLocation RParen); 3704 3705 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3706 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3707 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3708 SourceLocation RParen); 3709 3710 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3711 /// pseudo-functions. 3712 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3713 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3714 ParsedType LhsTy, 3715 ParsedType RhsTy, 3716 SourceLocation RParen); 3717 3718 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3719 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3720 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3721 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3722 SourceLocation RParen); 3723 3724 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3725 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3726 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3727 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3728 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3729 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3730 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3731 3732 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3733 /// pseudo-functions. 3734 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3735 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3736 ParsedType LhsTy, 3737 Expr *DimExpr, 3738 SourceLocation RParen); 3739 3740 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3741 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3742 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3743 Expr *DimExpr, 3744 SourceLocation RParen); 3745 3746 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3747 /// pseudo-functions. 3748 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3749 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3750 Expr *Queried, 3751 SourceLocation RParen); 3752 3753 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3754 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3755 Expr *Queried, 3756 SourceLocation RParen); 3757 3758 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3759 Expr *Base, 3760 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3761 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3762 ParsedType &ObjectType, 3763 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 3764 3765 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 3766 3767 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 3768 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3769 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3770 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3771 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 3772 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3773 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3774 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 3775 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3776 3777 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3778 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3779 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3780 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3781 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 3782 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3783 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3784 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 3785 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3786 3787 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3788 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3789 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3790 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3791 const DeclSpec& DS, 3792 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3793 3794 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 3795 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 3796 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 3797 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 3798 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 3799 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 3800 3801 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 3802 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 3803 : SourceLocation()); 3804 } 3805 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC); 3806 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 3807 3808 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 3809 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 3810 3811 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 3812 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3813 bool EnteringContext = false); 3814 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3815 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3816 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3817 3818 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 3819 /// 3820 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3821 /// 3822 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3823 /// 3824 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 3825 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 3826 /// 3827 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3828 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 3829 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3830 3831 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(NamedDecl *SD); 3832 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 3833 3834 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3835 SourceLocation IdLoc, 3836 IdentifierInfo &II, 3837 ParsedType ObjectType); 3838 3839 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3840 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3841 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3842 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3843 QualType ObjectType, 3844 bool EnteringContext, 3845 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3846 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 3847 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 3848 3849 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 3850 /// 3851 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3852 /// 3853 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 3854 /// 3855 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 3856 /// 3857 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3858 /// 3859 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 3860 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 3861 /// 3862 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 3863 /// this nested-name-specifier. 3864 /// 3865 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3866 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3867 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3868 /// including this new type). 3869 /// 3870 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3871 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3872 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3873 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3874 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3875 ParsedType ObjectType, 3876 bool EnteringContext, 3877 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3878 3879 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 3880 3881 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3882 const DeclSpec &DS, 3883 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 3884 3885 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3886 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 3887 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 3888 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3889 ParsedType ObjectType, 3890 bool EnteringContext); 3891 3892 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 3893 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 3894 /// 3895 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 3896 /// 3897 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 3898 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 3899 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 3900 /// including this new type). 3901 /// 3902 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 3903 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 3904 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 3905 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 3906 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 3907 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 3908 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 3909 /// 3910 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 3911 /// nested-name-specifier. 3912 /// 3913 /// 3914 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 3915 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 3916 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3917 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3918 TemplateTy Template, 3919 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 3920 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 3921 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 3922 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 3923 SourceLocation CCLoc, 3924 bool EnteringContext); 3925 3926 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 3927 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 3928 /// nested-name-specifier. 3929 /// 3930 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 3931 /// 3932 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 3933 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 3934 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3935 3936 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 3937 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 3938 /// 3939 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 3940 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 3941 /// 3942 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 3943 /// 3944 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 3945 /// of the annotation pointer. 3946 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 3947 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 3948 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3949 3950 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3951 3952 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 3953 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 3954 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 3955 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 3956 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 3957 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 3958 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3959 3960 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 3961 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 3962 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 3963 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 3964 /// defining scope. 3965 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 3966 3967 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 3968 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3969 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 3970 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 3971 /// class X. 3972 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3973 3974 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 3975 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 3976 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 3977 3978 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 3979 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3980 bool KnownDependent = false); 3981 3982 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 3983 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 3984 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3985 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 3986 SourceLocation EndLoc, 3987 llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params, 3988 llvm::Optional<unsigned> ManglingNumber 3989 = llvm::Optional<unsigned>(), 3990 Decl *ContextDecl = 0); 3991 3992 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 3993 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 3994 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 3995 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 3996 bool ExplicitParams, 3997 bool ExplicitResultType, 3998 bool Mutable); 3999 4000 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4001 /// given lambda. 4002 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4003 4004 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4005 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4006 4007 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4008 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4009 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4010 /// lambda. 4011 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4012 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4013 4014 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4015 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4016 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4017 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4018 4019 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4020 /// was successfully completed. 4021 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4022 Scope *CurScope, 4023 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4024 4025 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4026 /// function pointer. 4027 /// 4028 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4029 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4030 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4031 /// block pointer conversion. 4032 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4033 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4034 4035 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4036 /// block pointer. 4037 /// 4038 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4039 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4040 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4041 /// block pointer conversion. 4042 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4043 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4044 4045 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4046 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4047 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4048 Expr *Src); 4049 4050 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4051 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4052 Expr **Strings, 4053 unsigned NumStrings); 4054 4055 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4056 4057 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4058 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4059 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4060 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4061 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4062 bool Value); 4063 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4064 4065 // BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4066 // '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4067 // either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4068 // ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4069 // "char *" or "const char *". 4070 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4071 4072 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4073 Expr *IndexExpr, 4074 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4075 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4076 4077 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4078 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4079 unsigned NumElements); 4080 4081 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4082 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4083 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4084 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4085 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4086 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4087 4088 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4089 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4090 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4091 ParsedType Ty, 4092 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4093 4094 // ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for @selector 4095 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4096 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4097 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4098 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4099 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4100 4101 // ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for @protocol 4102 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4103 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4104 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4105 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4106 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4107 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4108 4109 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4110 // C++ Declarations 4111 // 4112 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4113 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4114 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4115 StringRef Lang, 4116 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4117 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4118 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4119 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4120 4121 4122 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4123 // C++ Classes 4124 // 4125 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4126 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4127 4128 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4129 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4130 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4131 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4132 4133 Decl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4134 Declarator &D, 4135 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4136 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4137 bool HasDeferredInit); 4138 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4139 Expr *Init); 4140 4141 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4142 Scope *S, 4143 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4144 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4145 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4146 const DeclSpec &DS, 4147 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4148 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4149 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4150 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4151 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4152 4153 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4154 Scope *S, 4155 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4156 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4157 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4158 const DeclSpec &DS, 4159 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4160 Expr *InitList, 4161 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4162 4163 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4164 Scope *S, 4165 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4166 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4167 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4168 const DeclSpec &DS, 4169 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4170 Expr *Init, 4171 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4172 4173 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4174 Expr *Init, 4175 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4176 4177 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4178 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4179 Expr *Init, 4180 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4181 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4182 4183 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4184 Expr *Init, 4185 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4186 4187 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4188 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4189 4190 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4191 CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers, 4192 unsigned NumInitializers, bool AnyErrors); 4193 4194 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4195 4196 4197 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4198 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4199 /// referenced. 4200 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4201 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4202 4203 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4204 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4205 /// first use occurred. 4206 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4207 4208 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4209 /// materialized. 4210 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4211 4212 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4213 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4214 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4215 /// by code generation). 4216 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4217 4218 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4219 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4220 4221 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4222 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4223 DynamicClassesType; 4224 4225 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4226 /// unit. 4227 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4228 4229 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4230 /// given location. 4231 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4232 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4233 4234 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4235 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4236 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4237 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4238 4239 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4240 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4241 /// vtables. 4242 /// 4243 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4244 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4245 4246 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4247 4248 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4249 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4250 CXXCtorInitializer **MemInits, 4251 unsigned NumMemInits, 4252 bool AnyErrors); 4253 4254 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4255 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4256 Decl *TagDecl, 4257 SourceLocation LBrac, 4258 SourceLocation RBrac, 4259 AttributeList *AttrList); 4260 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4261 4262 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4263 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4264 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4265 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4266 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4267 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4268 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4269 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4270 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4271 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4272 4273 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4274 Expr *AssertExpr, 4275 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4276 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4277 4278 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation Loc, 4279 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4280 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4281 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4282 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4283 Decl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4284 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4285 4286 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4287 StorageClass& SC); 4288 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4289 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4290 StorageClass& SC); 4291 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4292 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4293 StorageClass& SC); 4294 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4295 4296 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMethods(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4297 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4298 4299 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4300 // C++ Derived Classes 4301 // 4302 4303 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4304 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4305 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4306 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4307 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4308 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4309 4310 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4311 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4312 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4313 ParsedType basetype, 4314 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4315 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4316 4317 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4318 unsigned NumBases); 4319 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4320 unsigned NumBases); 4321 4322 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4323 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4324 4325 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4326 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4327 4328 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4329 4330 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4331 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4332 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4333 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4334 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4335 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4336 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4337 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4338 DeclarationName Name, 4339 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4340 4341 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4342 4343 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4344 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4345 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4346 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4347 4348 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4349 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4350 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4351 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4352 4353 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4354 4355 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++0x override control semantics. 4356 void CheckOverrideControl(const Decl *D); 4357 4358 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4359 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4360 /// C++0x [class.virtual]p3. 4361 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4362 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4363 4364 4365 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4366 // C++ Access Control 4367 // 4368 4369 enum AccessResult { 4370 AR_accessible, 4371 AR_inaccessible, 4372 AR_dependent, 4373 AR_delayed 4374 }; 4375 4376 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4377 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4378 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4379 4380 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4381 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4382 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4383 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4384 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4385 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4386 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4387 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4388 bool Diagnose = true); 4389 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4390 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4391 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4392 AccessSpecifier Access, 4393 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4394 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4395 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4396 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4397 AccessSpecifier Access, 4398 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4399 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4400 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4401 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4402 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4403 AccessResult CheckDirectMemberAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4404 NamedDecl *D, 4405 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4406 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4407 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4408 Expr *ArgExpr, 4409 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4410 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4411 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4412 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4413 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4414 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4415 unsigned DiagID, 4416 bool ForceCheck = false, 4417 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4418 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4419 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4420 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4421 AccessSpecifier access, 4422 QualType objectType); 4423 4424 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4425 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4426 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4427 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4428 4429 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4430 4431 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4432 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4433 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4434 4435 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4436 AbstractNone = -1, 4437 AbstractReturnType, 4438 AbstractParamType, 4439 AbstractVariableType, 4440 AbstractFieldType, 4441 AbstractArrayType 4442 }; 4443 4444 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4445 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4446 template<typename T1> 4447 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4448 unsigned DiagID, 4449 const T1 &Arg1) { 4450 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4451 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4452 } 4453 4454 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4455 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4456 unsigned DiagID, 4457 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4458 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4459 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4460 } 4461 4462 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4463 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4464 unsigned DiagID, 4465 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4466 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4467 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4468 } 4469 4470 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4471 4472 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4473 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4474 4475 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4476 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4477 // 4478 4479 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4480 4481 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4482 4483 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4484 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4485 // 4486 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4487 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4488 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4489 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4490 4491 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4492 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4493 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4494 4495 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4496 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4497 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4498 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4499 ParsedType ObjectType, 4500 bool EnteringContext, 4501 TemplateTy &Template, 4502 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4503 4504 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4505 SourceLocation IILoc, 4506 Scope *S, 4507 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4508 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4509 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4510 4511 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4512 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4513 4514 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4515 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4516 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4517 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4518 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4519 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4520 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4521 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4522 4523 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4524 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4525 unsigned Depth, 4526 unsigned Position, 4527 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4528 Expr *DefaultArg); 4529 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4530 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4531 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4532 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4533 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4534 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4535 unsigned Depth, 4536 unsigned Position, 4537 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4538 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4539 4540 TemplateParameterList * 4541 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4542 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4543 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4544 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4545 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4546 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4547 4548 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4549 /// list. 4550 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4551 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4552 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4553 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4554 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4555 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4556 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4557 }; 4558 4559 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4560 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4561 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4562 TemplateParameterList * 4563 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4564 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4565 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4566 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4567 unsigned NumParamLists, 4568 bool IsFriend, 4569 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4570 bool &Invalid); 4571 4572 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4573 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4574 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4575 AttributeList *Attr, 4576 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4577 AccessSpecifier AS, 4578 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4579 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4580 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4581 4582 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4583 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4584 4585 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4586 4587 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4588 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4589 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4590 4591 TypeResult 4592 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4593 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4594 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4595 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4596 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4597 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4598 4599 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4600 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4601 /// 4602 /// \param TUK 4603 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4604 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4605 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4606 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4607 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4608 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4609 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4610 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4611 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4612 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4613 4614 4615 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4616 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4617 LookupResult &R, 4618 bool RequiresADL, 4619 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4620 4621 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4622 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4623 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4624 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4625 4626 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4627 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4628 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4629 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4630 ParsedType ObjectType, 4631 bool EnteringContext, 4632 TemplateTy &Template); 4633 4634 DeclResult 4635 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4636 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4637 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4638 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4639 TemplateTy Template, 4640 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4641 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4642 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4643 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4644 AttributeList *Attr, 4645 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4646 4647 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4648 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4649 Declarator &D); 4650 4651 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4652 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4653 Declarator &D); 4654 4655 bool 4656 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4657 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4658 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4659 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4660 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4661 bool &SuppressNew); 4662 4663 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4664 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4665 LookupResult &Previous); 4666 4667 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4668 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4669 LookupResult &Previous); 4670 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4671 4672 DeclResult 4673 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4674 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4675 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4676 unsigned TagSpec, 4677 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4678 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4679 TemplateTy Template, 4680 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4681 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4682 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4683 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4684 AttributeList *Attr); 4685 4686 DeclResult 4687 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4688 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4689 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4690 unsigned TagSpec, 4691 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4692 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4693 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4694 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4695 AttributeList *Attr); 4696 4697 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4698 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4699 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4700 Declarator &D); 4701 4702 TemplateArgumentLoc 4703 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4704 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4705 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4706 Decl *Param, 4707 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4708 4709 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4710 /// argument is being checked. 4711 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4712 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4713 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4714 CTAK_Specified, 4715 4716 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4717 /// deduction. 4718 CTAK_Deduced, 4719 4720 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4721 /// via template argument deduction. 4722 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4723 }; 4724 4725 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4726 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4727 NamedDecl *Template, 4728 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4729 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4730 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4731 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4732 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4733 4734 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4735 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4736 /// 4737 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4738 /// provided. 4739 /// 4740 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4741 /// 4742 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4743 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4744 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4745 /// arguments. 4746 /// 4747 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 4748 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 4749 /// set of template arguments. 4750 /// 4751 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 4752 /// arguments. 4753 /// 4754 /// 4755 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 4756 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 4757 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 4758 /// 4759 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4760 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 4761 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4762 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 4763 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 4764 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4765 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 4766 4767 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4768 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4769 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4770 4771 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 4772 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 4773 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4774 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 4775 TemplateArgument &Converted, 4776 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4777 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 4778 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg); 4779 4780 ExprResult 4781 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4782 QualType ParamType, 4783 SourceLocation Loc); 4784 ExprResult 4785 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 4786 SourceLocation Loc); 4787 4788 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 4789 /// for equality. 4790 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 4791 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 4792 /// that might be redeclarations. 4793 /// 4794 /// \code 4795 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4796 /// template<typename T> struct X; 4797 /// \endcode 4798 TPL_TemplateMatch, 4799 4800 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 4801 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 4802 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 4803 /// 4804 /// \code 4805 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 4806 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 4807 /// \endcode 4808 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 4809 4810 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 4811 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 4812 /// template parameter. 4813 /// 4814 /// \code 4815 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 4816 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 4817 /// X<integer_c> xic; 4818 /// \endcode 4819 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 4820 }; 4821 4822 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 4823 TemplateParameterList *Old, 4824 bool Complain, 4825 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 4826 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 4827 = SourceLocation()); 4828 4829 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 4830 4831 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4832 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 4833 /// 4834 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4835 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4836 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4837 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 4838 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 4839 TypeResult 4840 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4841 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 4842 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4843 4844 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 4845 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 4846 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 4847 /// 4848 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 4849 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 4850 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 4851 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4852 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 4853 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4854 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4855 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4856 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4857 TypeResult 4858 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 4859 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4860 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4861 TemplateTy Template, 4862 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4863 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4864 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4865 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4866 4867 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 4868 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 4869 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 4870 const IdentifierInfo &II, 4871 SourceLocation IILoc); 4872 4873 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 4874 SourceLocation Loc, 4875 DeclarationName Name); 4876 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4877 4878 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 4879 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 4880 TemplateParameterList *Params); 4881 4882 std::string 4883 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4884 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 4885 4886 std::string 4887 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 4888 const TemplateArgument *Args, 4889 unsigned NumArgs); 4890 4891 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4892 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 4893 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4894 4895 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 4896 /// being diagnosed. 4897 /// 4898 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 4899 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 4900 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 4901 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 4902 UPPC_Expression = 0, 4903 4904 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 4905 UPPC_BaseType, 4906 4907 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 4908 UPPC_DeclarationType, 4909 4910 /// \brief The type of a data member. 4911 UPPC_DataMemberType, 4912 4913 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 4914 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 4915 4916 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 4917 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 4918 4919 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 4920 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 4921 4922 /// \brief The enumerator value. 4923 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 4924 4925 /// \brief A using declaration. 4926 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 4927 4928 /// \brief A friend declaration. 4929 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 4930 4931 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 4932 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 4933 4934 /// \brief An initializer. 4935 UPPC_Initializer, 4936 4937 /// \brief A default argument. 4938 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 4939 4940 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 4941 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 4942 4943 /// \brief The type of an exception. 4944 UPPC_ExceptionType, 4945 4946 /// \brief Partial specialization. 4947 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 4948 4949 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 4950 UPPC_IfExists, 4951 4952 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 4953 UPPC_IfNotExists 4954}; 4955 4956 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 4957 /// 4958 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 4959 /// 4960 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 4961 /// parameter packs. 4962 /// 4963 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 4964 void DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 4965 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 4966 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 4967 4968 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 4969 /// diagnose the error. 4970 /// 4971 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 4972 /// 4973 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 4974 /// packs. 4975 /// 4976 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4977 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 4978 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4979 4980 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 4981 /// pack, diagnose the error. 4982 /// 4983 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 4984 /// parameter packs. 4985 /// 4986 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4987 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 4988 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 4989 4990 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 4991 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 4992 /// 4993 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 4994 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 4995 /// 4996 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4997 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4998 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 4999 5000 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5001 /// diagnose the error. 5002 /// 5003 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5004 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5005 /// 5006 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5007 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5008 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5009 5010 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5011 /// diagnose the error. 5012 /// 5013 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5014 /// 5015 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5016 /// parameter packs. 5017 /// 5018 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5019 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5020 TemplateName Template, 5021 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5022 5023 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5024 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5025 /// 5026 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5027 /// parameter packs. 5028 /// 5029 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5030 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5031 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5032 5033 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5034 /// template argument. 5035 /// 5036 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5037 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5038 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5039 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5040 5041 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5042 /// template argument. 5043 /// 5044 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5045 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5046 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5047 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5048 5049 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5050 /// type. 5051 /// 5052 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5053 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5054 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5055 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5056 5057 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5058 /// type. 5059 /// 5060 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5061 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5062 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5063 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5064 5065 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5066 /// nested-name-specifier. 5067 /// 5068 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5069 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5070 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5071 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5072 5073 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5074 /// name. 5075 /// 5076 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5077 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5078 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5079 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5080 5081 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5082 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5083 /// 5084 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5085 /// may already be invalid. 5086 /// 5087 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5088 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5089 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5090 5091 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5092 /// creates a pack expansion. 5093 /// 5094 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5095 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5096 /// 5097 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5098 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5099 5100 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5101 /// expansion. 5102 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5103 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5104 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5105 5106 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5107 /// expansion. 5108 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5109 SourceRange PatternRange, 5110 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5111 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5112 5113 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5114 /// creates a pack expansion. 5115 /// 5116 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5117 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5118 /// 5119 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5120 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5121 5122 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5123 /// creates a pack expansion. 5124 /// 5125 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5126 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5127 /// 5128 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5129 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5130 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5131 5132 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5133 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5134 /// transforming the pattern. 5135 /// 5136 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5137 /// pack expansion. 5138 /// 5139 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5140 /// the pack expansion. 5141 /// 5142 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5143 /// pattern. 5144 /// 5145 /// \param NumUnexpanded The number of unexpanded parameter packs in 5146 /// \p Unexpanded. 5147 /// 5148 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5149 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5150 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5151 /// 5152 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5153 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5154 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5155 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5156 /// 5157 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5158 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5159 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5160 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5161 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5162 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5163 /// set this value in other cases. 5164 /// 5165 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5166 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5167 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5168 /// must be set. 5169 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5170 SourceRange PatternRange, 5171 llvm::ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5172 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5173 bool &ShouldExpand, 5174 bool &RetainExpansion, 5175 llvm::Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5176 5177 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5178 /// type. 5179 /// 5180 /// This routine already assumes that the pack expansion type can be 5181 /// expanded and that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5182 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5183 unsigned getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5184 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5185 5186 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5187 /// parameter packs. 5188 /// 5189 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5190 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5191 /// 5192 /// \code 5193 /// void f(T...); 5194 /// \endcode 5195 /// 5196 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5197 /// a variadic function. 5198 /// 5199 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5200 /// false otherwise. 5201 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5202 5203 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5204 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5205 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5206 5207 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5208 /// 5209 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5210 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5211 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5212 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5213 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5214 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5215 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5216 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5217 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5218 TDK_Success = 0, 5219 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5220 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5221 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5222 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5223 /// for every template parameter. 5224 TDK_Incomplete, 5225 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5226 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5227 TDK_Inconsistent, 5228 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5229 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5230 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5231 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5232 TDK_Underqualified, 5233 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5234 /// resulted in an error. 5235 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5236 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5237 /// into a non-deduced context produced a type or value that 5238 /// produces a type that does not match the original template 5239 /// arguments provided. 5240 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5241 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5242 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5243 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5244 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5245 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5246 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5247 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5248 /// template arguments for the given template. 5249 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5250 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5251 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5252 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution 5253 }; 5254 5255 TemplateDeductionResult 5256 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5257 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5258 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5259 5260 TemplateDeductionResult 5261 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5262 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5263 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5264 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5265 QualType *FunctionType, 5266 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5267 5268 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5269 // deduction for a call. 5270 struct OriginalCallArg { 5271 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5272 unsigned ArgIdx, 5273 QualType OriginalArgType) 5274 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5275 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5276 5277 QualType OriginalParamType; 5278 unsigned ArgIdx; 5279 QualType OriginalArgType; 5280 }; 5281 5282 TemplateDeductionResult 5283 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5284 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5285 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5286 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5287 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5288 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5289 5290 TemplateDeductionResult 5291 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5292 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5293 llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5294 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5295 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5296 5297 TemplateDeductionResult 5298 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5299 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5300 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5301 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5302 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5303 5304 TemplateDeductionResult 5305 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5306 QualType ToType, 5307 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5308 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5309 5310 TemplateDeductionResult 5311 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5312 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5313 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5314 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5315 5316 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5317 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5318 DAR_Succeeded, 5319 DAR_Failed, 5320 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5321 }; 5322 5323 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5324 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5325 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5326 5327 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5328 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5329 SourceLocation Loc, 5330 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5331 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5332 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5333 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5334 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5335 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5336 SourceLocation Loc, 5337 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5338 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5339 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5340 bool Complain = true, 5341 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5342 5343 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5344 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5345 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5346 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5347 SourceLocation Loc); 5348 5349 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5350 bool OnlyDeduced, 5351 unsigned Depth, 5352 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5353 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5354 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5355 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5356 } 5357 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5358 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5359 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5360 5361 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5362 // C++ Template Instantiation 5363 // 5364 5365 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5366 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5367 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5368 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5369 5370 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5371 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5372 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5373 enum InstantiationKind { 5374 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5375 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5376 TemplateInstantiation, 5377 5378 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5379 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5380 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5381 /// arguments as specified. 5382 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5383 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5384 5385 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5386 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5387 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5388 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5389 5390 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5391 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5392 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5393 5394 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5395 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5396 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5397 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5398 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5399 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5400 5401 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5402 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5403 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5404 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5405 5406 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5407 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5408 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5409 5410 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5411 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5412 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5413 } Kind; 5414 5415 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5416 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5417 5418 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5419 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5420 /// arguments. 5421 NamedDecl *Template; 5422 5423 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5424 uintptr_t Entity; 5425 5426 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5427 /// are not part of the entity. 5428 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5429 5430 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5431 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5432 5433 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5434 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5435 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5436 5437 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5438 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5439 /// template instantiation. 5440 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5441 5442 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5443 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5444 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5445 5446 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5447 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5448 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5449 5450 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5451 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5452 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5453 return false; 5454 5455 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5456 return false; 5457 5458 switch (X.Kind) { 5459 case TemplateInstantiation: 5460 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5461 return true; 5462 5463 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5464 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5465 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5466 return false; 5467 5468 // Fall through 5469 5470 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5471 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5472 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5473 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5474 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5475 5476 } 5477 5478 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5479 } 5480 5481 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5482 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5483 return !(X == Y); 5484 } 5485 }; 5486 5487 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5488 /// 5489 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5490 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5491 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5492 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5493 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5494 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5495 5496 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5497 /// template instantiation. 5498 /// 5499 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5500 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5501 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5502 5503 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5504 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5505 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5506 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5507 5508 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5509 /// error or warning was produced. 5510 /// 5511 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5512 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5513 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5514 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5515 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5516 5517 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5518 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5519 /// 5520 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5521 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5522 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5523 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5524 5525 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5526 /// within a \c Sema object. 5527 /// 5528 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5529 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5530 Sema &Self; 5531 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5532 5533 public: 5534 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5535 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5536 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5537 } 5538 5539 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5540 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5541 } 5542 }; 5543 5544 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5545 5546 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5547 /// 5548 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5549 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5550 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5551 5552 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5553 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5554 /// deduction. 5555 /// 5556 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5557 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5558 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5559 5560 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5561 /// instantiation. 5562 /// 5563 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5564 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5565 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5566 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5567 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5568 /// 5569 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5570 /// the stack. 5571 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5572 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5573 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5574 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5575 Decl *Entity, 5576 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5577 5578 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5579 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5580 /// of a function template. 5581 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5582 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5583 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5584 5585 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5586 /// template-id. 5587 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5588 TemplateDecl *Template, 5589 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5590 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5591 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5592 5593 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5594 /// template-id. 5595 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5596 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5597 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5598 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5599 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5600 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5601 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5602 5603 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5604 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5605 /// specialization. 5606 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5607 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5608 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5609 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5610 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5611 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5612 5613 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5614 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5615 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5616 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5617 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5618 5619 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5620 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5621 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5622 NamedDecl *Template, 5623 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5624 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5625 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5626 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5627 5628 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5629 NamedDecl *Template, 5630 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5631 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5632 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5633 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5634 5635 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5636 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5637 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5638 TemplateDecl *Template, 5639 NamedDecl *Param, 5640 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs, 5641 unsigned NumTemplateArgs, 5642 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5643 5644 5645 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5646 void Clear(); 5647 5648 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5649 5650 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5651 /// recursive template instantiations. 5652 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5653 5654 private: 5655 Sema &SemaRef; 5656 bool Invalid; 5657 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5658 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5659 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5660 5661 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5662 5663 InstantiatingTemplate& 5664 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&); // not implemented 5665 }; 5666 5667 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5668 5669 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5670 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5671 /// errors. 5672 /// 5673 /// \returns An empty \c llvm::Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5674 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5675 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5676 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5677 llvm::Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5678 5679 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5680 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5681 /// deduction.` 5682 class SFINAETrap { 5683 Sema &SemaRef; 5684 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5685 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5686 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5687 5688 public: 5689 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5690 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5691 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5692 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5693 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5694 { 5695 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5696 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5697 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5698 } 5699 5700 ~SFINAETrap() { 5701 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5702 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5703 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5704 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5705 } 5706 5707 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5708 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5709 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5710 } 5711 }; 5712 5713 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5714 /// variables. 5715 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5716 5717 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5718 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5719 5720 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5721 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5722 5723 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5724 /// name lookup. 5725 /// 5726 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5727 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5728 /// string represents a keyword. 5729 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5730 5731 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5732 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5733 5734 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5735 /// 5736 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 5737 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 5738 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 5739 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 5740 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 5741 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 5742 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 5743 5744 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5745 /// but have not yet been performed. 5746 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 5747 5748 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 5749 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 5750 /// 5751 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 5752 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 5753 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 5754 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 5755 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 5756 5757 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 5758 5759 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5760 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5761 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5762 5763 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 5764 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5765 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5766 5767 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 5768 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5769 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 5770 5771 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5772 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5773 SourceLocation Loc, 5774 DeclarationName Entity, 5775 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 5776 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 5777 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 5778 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5779 int indexAdjustment, 5780 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 5781 bool ExpectParameterPack); 5782 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 5783 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 5784 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5785 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5786 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 5787 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 5788 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5789 5790 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 5791 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 5792 /// 5793 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 5794 /// 5795 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 5796 /// 5797 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 5798 /// default arguments will be dropped. 5799 /// 5800 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 5801 /// 5802 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 5803 /// 5804 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5805 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 5806 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5807 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 5808 5809 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 5810 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5811 5812 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 5813 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5814 5815 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 5816 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5817 bool CXXDirectInit); 5818 5819 bool 5820 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5821 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5822 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5823 5824 bool 5825 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5826 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 5827 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5828 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5829 bool Complain = true); 5830 5831 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5832 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 5833 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5834 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5835 5836 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 5837 const Attr *TmplAttr; 5838 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 5839 Decl *NewDecl; 5840 5841 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 5842 Decl *D) 5843 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 5844 { } 5845 }; 5846 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 5847 5848 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5849 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 5850 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 5851 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 5852 5853 bool 5854 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5855 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5856 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 5857 bool Complain = true); 5858 5859 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5860 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 5861 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5862 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5863 5864 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 5865 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5866 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 5867 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 5868 5869 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 5870 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 5871 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5872 5873 DeclarationNameInfo 5874 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5875 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5876 TemplateName 5877 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 5878 SourceLocation Loc, 5879 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5880 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 5881 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 5882 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5883 5884 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5885 FunctionDecl *Function); 5886 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5887 FunctionDecl *Function, 5888 bool Recursive = false, 5889 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5890 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 5891 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5892 VarDecl *Var, 5893 bool Recursive = false, 5894 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 5895 5896 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 5897 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 5898 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5899 5900 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 5901 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5902 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 5903 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5904 5905 // Objective-C declarations. 5906 enum ObjCContainerKind { 5907 OCK_None = -1, 5908 OCK_Interface = 0, 5909 OCK_Protocol, 5910 OCK_Category, 5911 OCK_ClassExtension, 5912 OCK_Implementation, 5913 OCK_CategoryImplementation 5914 }; 5915 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 5916 5917 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5918 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5919 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5920 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 5921 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 5922 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5923 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5924 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5925 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5926 AttributeList *AttrList); 5927 5928 Decl *ActOnCompatiblityAlias( 5929 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 5930 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 5931 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 5932 5933 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 5934 IdentifierInfo *PName, 5935 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 5936 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 5937 5938 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 5939 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 5940 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 5941 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5942 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5943 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 5944 AttributeList *AttrList); 5945 5946 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 5947 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5948 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5949 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 5950 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 5951 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 5952 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 5953 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 5954 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 5955 5956 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 5957 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 5958 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5959 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 5960 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 5961 5962 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 5963 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 5964 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 5965 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 5966 SourceLocation CatLoc); 5967 5968 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 5969 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 5970 5971 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 5972 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 5973 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 5974 unsigned NumElts); 5975 5976 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 5977 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 5978 unsigned NumElts, 5979 AttributeList *attrList); 5980 5981 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 5982 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 5983 unsigned NumProtocols, 5984 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 5985 5986 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 5987 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 5988 /// be modified to be consistent with \arg PropertyTy. 5989 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 5990 SourceLocation Loc, 5991 unsigned &Attributes); 5992 5993 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 5994 /// setters and getters as needed. 5995 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 5996 /// \param DC The semantic container for the property 5997 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 5998 /// in class extension. 5999 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6000 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6001 ObjCContainerDecl *DC, 6002 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6003 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6004 6005 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6006 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6007 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6008 void ComparePropertiesInBaseAndSuper(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 6009 6010 6011 void CompareProperties(Decl *CDecl, Decl *MergeProtocols); 6012 6013 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6014 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6015 6016 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6017 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6018 6019 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6020 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6021 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6022 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6023 6024 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6025 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6026 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6027 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6028 bool *OverridingProperty, 6029 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6030 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6031 6032 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6033 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6034 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6035 bool ImplKind, 6036 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6037 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6038 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6039 6040 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6041 OSMK_None, 6042 OSMK_Alloc, 6043 OSMK_New, 6044 OSMK_Copy, 6045 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6046 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6047 }; 6048 6049 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6050 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6051 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6052 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6053 // in this case. 6054 ParsedType Type; 6055 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6056 6057 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6058 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6059 }; 6060 6061 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6062 Scope *S, 6063 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6064 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6065 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6066 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6067 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6068 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6069 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6070 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6071 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6072 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6073 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6074 6075 // Helper method for ActOnClassMethod/ActOnInstanceMethod. 6076 // Will search "local" class/category implementations for a method decl. 6077 // Will also search in class's root looking for instance method. 6078 // Returns 0 if no method is found. 6079 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateClassMethod(Selector Sel, 6080 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CDecl); 6081 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupPrivateInstanceMethod(Selector Sel, 6082 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDecl); 6083 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6084 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6085 bool IsInstance); 6086 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6087 bool IsInstance); 6088 6089 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6090 6091 ExprResult 6092 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6093 Expr *BaseExpr, 6094 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6095 DeclarationName MemberName, 6096 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6097 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6098 bool Super); 6099 6100 ExprResult 6101 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6102 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6103 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6104 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6105 6106 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6107 6108 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6109 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6110 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6111 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6112 ObjCSuperMessage, 6113 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6114 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6115 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6116 /// name. 6117 ObjCClassMessage 6118 }; 6119 6120 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6121 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6122 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6123 bool IsSuper, 6124 bool HasTrailingDot, 6125 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6126 6127 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6128 Selector Sel, 6129 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6130 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6131 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6132 MultiExprArg Args); 6133 6134 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6135 QualType ReceiverType, 6136 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6137 Selector Sel, 6138 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6139 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6140 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6141 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6142 MultiExprArg Args, 6143 bool isImplicit = false); 6144 6145 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6146 bool isSuperReceiver, 6147 SourceLocation Loc, 6148 Selector Sel, 6149 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6150 MultiExprArg Args); 6151 6152 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6153 ParsedType Receiver, 6154 Selector Sel, 6155 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6156 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6157 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6158 MultiExprArg Args); 6159 6160 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6161 QualType ReceiverType, 6162 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6163 Selector Sel, 6164 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6165 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6166 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6167 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6168 MultiExprArg Args, 6169 bool isImplicit = false); 6170 6171 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6172 QualType ReceiverType, 6173 SourceLocation Loc, 6174 Selector Sel, 6175 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6176 MultiExprArg Args); 6177 6178 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6179 Expr *Receiver, 6180 Selector Sel, 6181 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6182 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6183 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6184 MultiExprArg Args); 6185 6186 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6187 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6188 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6189 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6190 Expr *SubExpr); 6191 6192 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6193 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6194 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6195 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6196 ParsedType Type, 6197 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6198 Expr *SubExpr); 6199 6200 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6201 6202 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6203 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6204 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6205 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 6206 bool IsImplementation); 6207 6208 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6209 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6210 RTC_Compatible, 6211 RTC_Incompatible, 6212 RTC_Unknown 6213 }; 6214 6215 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6216 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6217 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6218 6219 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6220 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6221 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6222 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6223 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6224 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6225 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6226 }; 6227 6228 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed #pragma options align. 6229 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6230 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6231 SourceLocation KindLoc); 6232 6233 enum PragmaPackKind { 6234 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6235 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6236 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6237 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6238 }; 6239 6240 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6241 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6242 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6243 }; 6244 6245 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed #pragma pack(...). 6246 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6247 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6248 Expr *Alignment, 6249 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6250 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6251 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6252 6253 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed #pragms ms_struct [on|off]. 6254 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6255 6256 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '#pragma unused'. 6257 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6258 Scope *curScope, 6259 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6260 6261 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed #pragma GCC visibility... . 6262 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6263 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6264 6265 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6266 SourceLocation Loc); 6267 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6268 6269 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident. 6270 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6271 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6272 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6273 6274 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6275 /// #pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6276 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6277 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6278 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6279 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6280 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6281 6282 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed #pragma weak ident = ident. 6283 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6284 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6285 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6286 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6287 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6288 6289 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6290 /// #pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6291 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6292 6293 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6294 /// a the record decl, to handle '#pragma pack' and '#pragma options align'. 6295 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6296 6297 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6298 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6299 6300 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6301 void FreePackedContext(); 6302 6303 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6304 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6305 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6306 SourceLocation Loc); 6307 6308 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6309 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6310 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6311 6312 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6313 /// for '#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6314 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6315 6316 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6317 void FreeVisContext(); 6318 6319 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6320 /// '#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6321 /// the appropriate attribute. 6322 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6323 6324 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6325 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E); 6326 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T); 6327 6328 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6329 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6330 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6331 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6332 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6333 CCK_CStyleCast, 6334 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6335 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6336 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6337 CCK_OtherCast 6338 }; 6339 6340 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6341 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6342 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6343 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6344 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6345 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6346 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6347 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6348 6349 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6350 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6351 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6352 6353 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6354 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6355 /// required. 6356 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6357 6358 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6359 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6360 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6361 6362 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6363 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6364 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6365 6366 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6367 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6368 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6369 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6370 6371 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6372 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6373 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6374 // type. 6375 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6376 6377 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6378 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6379 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6380 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6381 6382 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6383 enum VariadicCallType { 6384 VariadicFunction, 6385 VariadicBlock, 6386 VariadicMethod, 6387 VariadicConstructor, 6388 VariadicDoesNotApply 6389 }; 6390 6391 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6392 /// form of call prototypes. 6393 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6394 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6395 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6396 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6397 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6398 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6399 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6400 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6401 6402 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6403 // will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6404 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6405 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6406 6407 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6408 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6409 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6410 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6411 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6412 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6413 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6414 6415 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6416 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6417 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6418 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6419 /// source and destination type. 6420 enum AssignConvertType { 6421 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6422 Compatible, 6423 6424 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6425 /// accept as an extension. 6426 PointerToInt, 6427 6428 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6429 /// accept as an extension. 6430 IntToPointer, 6431 6432 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6433 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6434 FunctionVoidPointer, 6435 6436 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6437 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6438 IncompatiblePointer, 6439 6440 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6441 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6442 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6443 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6444 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6445 6446 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6447 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6448 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6449 6450 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6451 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6452 /// like address spaces. 6453 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6454 6455 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6456 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6457 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6458 /// extension. 6459 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6460 6461 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6462 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6463 IncompatibleVectors, 6464 6465 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6466 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6467 IntToBlockPointer, 6468 6469 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6470 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6471 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6472 6473 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6474 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6475 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6476 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6477 6478 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6479 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6480 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6481 6482 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6483 /// represent it in the AST. 6484 Incompatible 6485 }; 6486 6487 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6488 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6489 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6490 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6491 SourceLocation Loc, 6492 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6493 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6494 bool *Complained = 0); 6495 6496 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6497 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6498 /// C99 6.5.16. 6499 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6500 QualType LHSType, 6501 QualType RHSType); 6502 6503 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6504 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6505 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6506 ExprResult &RHS, 6507 CastKind &Kind); 6508 6509 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6510 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6511 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6512 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6513 ExprResult &RHS, 6514 bool Diagnose = true); 6515 6516 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6517 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6518 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6519 ExprResult &RHS); 6520 6521 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6522 6523 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6524 6525 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6526 AssignmentAction Action, 6527 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6528 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6529 AssignmentAction Action, 6530 bool AllowExplicit, 6531 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6532 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6533 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6534 AssignmentAction Action, 6535 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6536 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6537 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6538 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6539 AssignmentAction Action, 6540 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6541 6542 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6543 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6544 6545 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6546 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6547 ExprResult &RHS); 6548 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6549 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6550 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6551 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6552 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6553 bool IsDivide); 6554 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6555 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6556 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6557 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6558 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6559 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6560 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6561 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6562 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6563 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6564 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6565 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6566 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6567 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6568 bool isRelational); 6569 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6570 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6571 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6572 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6573 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6574 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6575 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6576 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6577 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6578 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6579 6580 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6581 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6582 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6583 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6584 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6585 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6586 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6587 6588 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6589 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6590 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6591 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6592 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6593 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6594 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6595 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6596 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6597 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6598 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6599 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6600 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6601 NonStandardCompositeType); 6602 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6603 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6604 return Composite; 6605 } 6606 6607 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6608 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6609 6610 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6611 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6612 6613 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6614 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6615 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6616 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6617 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6618 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6619 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6620 SourceLocation Loc); 6621 6622 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6623 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6624 6625 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6626 6627 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6628 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6629 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6630 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6631 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6632 /// reference binding is not possible. 6633 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6634 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6635 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6636 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6637 Ref_Related, 6638 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6639 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6640 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6641 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6642 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6643 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6644 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6645 Ref_Compatible 6646 }; 6647 6648 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6649 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6650 bool &DerivedToBase, 6651 bool &ObjCConversion, 6652 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6653 6654 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6655 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6656 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6657 6658 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6659 /// given type. 6660 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6661 6662 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6663 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6664 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6665 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6666 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6667 CastKind &Kind); 6668 6669 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6670 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6671 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6672 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6673 // returns the cast expr 6674 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6675 CastKind &Kind); 6676 6677 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6678 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6679 Expr *CastExpr, 6680 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6681 6682 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6683 6684 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6685 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6686 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6687 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6688 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6689 6690 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6691 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6692 6693 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6694 QualType ExprType); 6695 6696 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6697 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6698 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6699 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6700 6701 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6702 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6703 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6704 6705 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6706 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6707 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6708 6709 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6710 /// \param Method - May be null. 6711 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6712 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6713 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6714 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 6715 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 6716 bool isSuperMessage, 6717 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 6718 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 6719 6720 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 6721 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 6722 /// and the form of the message send. 6723 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 6724 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6725 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 6726 6727 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 6728 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 6729 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 6730 6731 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 6732 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 6733 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 6734 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 6735 /// 6736 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 6737 /// 'if' keyword. 6738 /// \return true iff there were any errors 6739 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 6740 6741 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 6742 Expr *SubExpr); 6743 6744 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 6745 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 6746 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 6747 6748 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 6749 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 6750 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 6751 6752 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 6753 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 6754 6755 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 6756 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 6757 /// the specified diagnostic. 6758 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 6759 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 6760 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 6761 6762 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 6763 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 6764 /// in the global scope. 6765 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 6766 6767 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 6768 /// expression violations. 6769 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 6770 public: 6771 bool Suppress; 6772 6773 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 6774 6775 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 6776 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 6777 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 6778 }; 6779 6780 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 6781 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 6782 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 6783 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6784 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 6785 bool AllowFold = true); 6786 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 6787 unsigned DiagID, 6788 bool AllowFold = true); 6789 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 6790 6791 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 6792 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 6793 /// Returns false on success. 6794 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 6795 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6796 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 6797 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 6798 6799 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 6800 CFT_Device, 6801 CFT_Global, 6802 CFT_Host, 6803 CFT_HostDevice 6804 }; 6805 6806 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 6807 6808 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 6809 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 6810 6811 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 6812 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 6813 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 6814 } 6815 6816 /// \name Code completion 6817 //@{ 6818 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 6819 enum ParserCompletionContext { 6820 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 6821 PCC_Namespace, 6822 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 6823 PCC_Class, 6824 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 6825 /// or category. 6826 PCC_ObjCInterface, 6827 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 6828 /// category implementation 6829 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 6830 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 6831 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 6832 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 6833 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6834 /// headers. 6835 PCC_Template, 6836 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 6837 /// headers within a class. 6838 PCC_MemberTemplate, 6839 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 6840 PCC_Expression, 6841 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 6842 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 6843 PCC_Statement, 6844 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 6845 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 6846 PCC_ForInit, 6847 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 6848 /// while, switch, or for statement. 6849 PCC_Condition, 6850 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 6851 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 6852 /// in the grammar. 6853 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 6854 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 6855 PCC_Type, 6856 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 6857 /// might also be a type cast. 6858 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 6859 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 6860 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 6861 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 6862 }; 6863 6864 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 6865 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 6866 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 6867 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 6868 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 6869 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 6870 6871 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 6872 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 6873 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 6874 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6875 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6876 bool IsArrow); 6877 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 6878 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 6879 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 6880 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 6881 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 6882 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 6883 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 6884 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 6885 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 6886 6887 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6888 bool EnteringContext); 6889 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 6890 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 6891 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 6892 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 6893 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 6894 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 6895 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 6896 unsigned NumInitializers); 6897 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 6898 bool AfterAmpersand); 6899 6900 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 6901 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 6902 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 6903 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 6904 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 6905 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 6906 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 6907 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 6908 bool IsParameter); 6909 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 6910 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6911 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6912 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6913 bool AtArgumentExpression); 6914 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 6915 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6916 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6917 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6918 bool IsSuper = false); 6919 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 6920 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6921 unsigned NumSelIdents, 6922 bool AtArgumentExpression, 6923 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 6924 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 6925 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 6926 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 6927 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6928 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6929 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 6930 unsigned NumProtocols); 6931 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 6932 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 6933 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 6934 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6935 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6936 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 6937 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 6938 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6939 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6940 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 6941 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6942 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 6943 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 6944 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 6945 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 6946 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 6947 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6948 ParsedType ReturnType); 6949 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 6950 bool IsInstanceMethod, 6951 bool AtParameterName, 6952 ParsedType ReturnType, 6953 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 6954 unsigned NumSelIdents); 6955 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 6956 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 6957 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 6958 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 6959 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 6960 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 6961 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 6962 unsigned Argument); 6963 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 6964 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 6965 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 6966 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 6967 //@} 6968 6969 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6970 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 6971 6972public: 6973 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 6974 unsigned ByteNo) const; 6975 6976private: 6977 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 6978 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 6979 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 6980 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 6981 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6982 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 6983 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 6984 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall); 6985 6986 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 6987 6988 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6989 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 6990 6991 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 6992 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 6993 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 6994 6995public: 6996 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 6997 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 6998 6999private: 7000 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7001 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7002 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7003 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7004 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7005 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7006 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7007 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7008 7009 enum FormatStringType { 7010 FST_Scanf, 7011 FST_Printf, 7012 FST_NSString, 7013 FST_Strftime, 7014 FST_Strfmon, 7015 FST_Kprintf, 7016 FST_Unknown 7017 }; 7018 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7019 bool SemaCheckStringLiteral(const Expr *E, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7020 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7021 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7022 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7023 7024 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7025 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, bool HasVAListArg, 7026 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7027 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall); 7028 7029 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, CallExpr *TheCall); 7030 void CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, Expr **Args, 7031 unsigned NumArgs, bool IsCXXMember, 7032 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7033 void CheckFormatArguments(Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 7034 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7035 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7036 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7037 7038 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7039 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7040 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7041 7042 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7043 unsigned BId, 7044 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7045 7046 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7047 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7048 7049 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7050 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7051 7052 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7053 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7054 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7055 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7056 7057 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7058 Expr *Init); 7059 7060 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7061 /// 7062 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7063 Scope *CurScope; 7064 7065protected: 7066 friend class Parser; 7067 friend class InitializationSequence; 7068 friend class ASTReader; 7069 friend class ASTWriter; 7070 7071public: 7072 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7073 /// 7074 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7075 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7076 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7077 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7078 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7079 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7080 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7081 7082 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7083 7084 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7085 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7086 } 7087 7088 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7089}; 7090 7091/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7092class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7093 Sema &Actions; 7094 7095public: 7096 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7097 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7098 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7099 bool IsDecltype = false) 7100 : Actions(Actions) { 7101 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7102 IsDecltype); 7103 } 7104 7105 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7106 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7107 } 7108}; 7109 7110} // end namespace clang 7111 7112#endif 7113